{"title":"Wood milling machines","description":"\u003cp\u003eA wood router is a machine for shaping, grooving, rebating, and jointing. In this section, you will find 26 professional models: stationary benchtop and floor-standing spindle moulders for woodworking, dovetail groove routers, and a portable vertical router. Brands: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bernardo\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/a\u003e (Austria) and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/guede\"\u003eGüde\u003c\/a\u003e (Germany). Prices range from €105 to €3,123, including VAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike portable vertical routers used in hardware stores, spindle moulders are stationary machines with a fixed spindle and a cast-iron table: the workpiece slides over the fence while the cutter works from below. Superior precision and repeatability for woodworking production.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-700-400-v","title":"Bernardo T 700 Router-Spindle Molder for wood – 400V, 700x700 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 700 \/ 400V wood shaper features a 700×700 mm grey cast iron table, a dynamically balanced Ø 30 mm spindle, 4 selectable speeds (1,800\/3,000\/6,000\/9,000 rpm) with quick V-belt change, 105 mm vertical spindle travel, Ø 100 mm dust extraction port, 2.2 kW S1 \/ 3.0 kW S6 three-phase 400V motor, and a digital speed display. Weight approx. 157 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 700 × 700 mm in grey cast iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,800 \/ 3,000 \/ 6,000 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical spindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax tool diameter (profiling):\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW S1 \/ 3.0 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 157 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 700 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 700 is a professional-grade vertical wood shaper, designed for profiling, routing, grooving, and shaping solid wood and panel pieces. The 700×700 mm grey cast iron table provides lasting stability and flatness; the dynamically balanced Ø 30 mm spindle works without vibration even with profiling tools up to Ø 200 mm. The four selectable speeds (1,800\/3,000\/6,000\/9,000 rpm) cover all applications: low speed for large diameter tools, high speed for small tools and finishing on hardwoods. The digital display provides an immediate reading of the set speed. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by artisanal carpentry shops, window and door manufacturers, and furniture makers who produce doors, door frames, decorative profiles, and assembly grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T 700 is Bernardo's professional benchtop shaper. Below it in the woodworking range are benchtop vertical shapers with smaller tables, sized for light hobby-craft use. Above it, the range extends to industrial shapers with sliding tables, multiple shafts, and equipment for series profiling. The T 700 is sized for artisanal production: 4 speeds (vs. single-speed hobby shapers), 2.2 kW S1 motor (vs. 1.5 kW for basic models), 700×700 mm table. For those doing regular profiling on doors, windows, or panels, the T 700 is the benchmark machine. For industrial production of windows and doors, consider industrial shapers with sliding tables or dedicated profiling lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 157 kg, it requires adequate means for unloading (pallet truck or hoist). Verify access to the workshop before delivery. Original Bernardo spare spindles, collets, profiling tools, and accessories are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the T 700 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine sized for professional use: for occasional hobby use, it may be oversized. Consider entry-level benchtop shapers for occasional needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal carpentry (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700×700 mm table and 4 speeds cover profiling of doors, frames, and furniture. Ø 30 mm spindle handles professional tools. Three-phase 400V sized for daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWindow\/door production \/ industrial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor series production of windows\/doors, consider shapers with sliding tables and dedicated equipment. The T 700 is sized for artisanal production, not for high-volume industrial lines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e series production of repetitive high-volume profiling (consider shapers with sliding tables or dedicated lines); workshops without a 400V three-phase line; profiling tools over Ø 200 mm (maximum machine capacity).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTool capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tool diameter (profiling)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tool diameter under table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick V-belt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower consumption S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 × 760 × 1,160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 157 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterchangeable spindle Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterchangeable spindles for end mills Ø 6, 8, 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollets Ø 6, 8, 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding sleeve Ø 75 mm grit 100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiter fence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotation reversal (right\/left)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection device and pressure plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use end mills in addition to the Ø 30 mm spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Interchangeable spindles for end mills Ø 6, 8, 12 mm with corresponding collets are included. They allow the use of standard end mills without purchasing additional equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø 30 mm spindle is the standard professional size for profiling tools. The interchangeable Ø 6, 8, 12 mm spindles allow the use of end mills typical for wood model making and finishing. Original Bernardo replacement collets are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I change the spindle speed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed change is done via V-belt: open the side cover, move the belt to the desired pulley range, then close. This operation takes a few seconds and no additional tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe belt change system is standard on professional shapers: fast, reliable, and maintainable. The four speeds are pre-set on the pulleys: the operator chooses the correct combination for the tool diameter in use. The digital display confirms the actual speed, eliminating the risk of setting errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the spindle dynamically balanced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Ø 30 mm spindle is dynamically balanced at the factory. Combined with the 157 kg grey cast iron structure, it ensures vibration-free machining even with large profiling tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDynamic balancing is critical for surface quality and the lifespan of spindle bearings. With large profiling tools (Ø 150-200 mm), an unbalanced spindle produces vibrations that leave marks on the surface and accelerate wear. Bernardo balancing is a constructive feature maintained in the professional range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs rotation reversal really useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, significantly. It allows working in the correct direction regardless of the workpiece orientation, eliminating the need to turn the piece to avoid tear-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRotation reversal (right\/left) is a feature found only on professional models. On wood with difficult grain or pieces with specific symmetry, the ability to reverse the direction of spindle rotation allows for always working 'with the grain' instead of 'against the grain,' reducing tear-out and improving finish. For the production of wooden windows and doors with complex profiles, this feature is particularly appreciated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 930 × 760 × 1,160 mm. For handling medium to large pieces, an operating area of at least 3 × 2.5 m with access to the front and two sides of the table is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 840 mm working height is ergonomic for standing operators. The 700×700 mm table handles standard carpentry-sized pieces; for larger pieces (over 1.5 m long), a lateral roller support is recommended to prevent tipping during routing. Krollit provides compatible roller supports as an optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693028479304,"sku":"09-12630","price":1854.46,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Toupie_compatta_T_700_per_falegnami.jpg?v=1752163247"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-per-scanalature-knf-2-p","title":"Bernardo Groove Milling Machine KNF 2 P – twin pneumatic cutter 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KNF 2 P slot milling machine is a special machine for double grooving on wooden profiles: 2 cutters Ø 6 mm at 32,000 rpm with workpiece clamping and pneumatic control, cutter distance 28 mm, milling depth 0–55 mm, table 390 × 220 mm, max profile width 185 mm, air pressure 6–8 bar, 0.85 kW single-phase 230V motor. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter holder (diameter):\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotation speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between cutters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilling depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 – 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 390 × 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. profile width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pneumatic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pneumatic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequired air pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 – 8 bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. clearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.85 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KNF 2 P and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KNF 2 P is a specialized milling machine for producing double grooves on wooden profiles for installing double glazing, seals, and inserts in window and door frames. The two 6 mm cutters, spaced 28 mm apart, work simultaneously to create two parallel grooves in a single pass — an operation that would require two separate passes with a single cutter, risking positioning errors. The pneumatic workpiece clamping frees both hands of the operator and ensures repeatability for series of identical profiles. With 32,000 rpm, it produces clean finishes on solid and laminated wood. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by joiners and specialized workshops manufacturing wooden frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo KNF 2 P for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecialized machine for serial production of window and door frames.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoiner \/ specialized carpenter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble grooving in one pass with pneumatic clamping: the solution for serial production of profiles for double glazing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral carpentry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful if window and door frames are produced frequently. For occasional grooving, a standard spindle moulder is sufficient.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter holder (diameter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between cutters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 × 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. machinable profile width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece clamping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired air pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 8 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.85 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 620 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 28 mm distance between the cutters fixed or adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard distance between the cutters is 28 mm — optimized for the standard seat of double glazing in wooden frames. Contact Krollit to check if configurations with different distances are available for specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the KNF 2 P require a dedicated compressor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The pneumatic workpiece clamping and feed control require a compressor with 6–8 bar pressure and sufficient flow for continuous use. A compressor with a 50–100 liter tank and a minimum flow of 200 l\/min is adequate for intermittent professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it also work on PVC or aluminum profiles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KNF 2 P is designed for solid and laminated wood. For PVC or aluminum profiles, 6 mm HSS cutters may not be optimal — specific tools for non-ferrous materials are needed. Contact Krollit to assess compatibility with materials other than wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts (cutters, cutter holders) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo spare parts for the KNF 2 P are available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFootprint 400 × 620 × 480 mm — very compact. Requires connection to compressed air 6–8 bar and a 230V socket. For handling profiles, free space is needed in front of and behind the 390 mm guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694273401160,"sku":"14-2117","price":1085.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_pneumatica_KNF_2_P_doppia_cava.jpg?v=1753092231"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-500","title":"Bernardo T 500 Spindle Moulder - 230V\/400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 500 spindle moulder offers a 600 × 620 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, speeds of 1400 \/ 3790 \/ 5670 \/ 8650 rpm, and a 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 motor, 230V \/ 400V. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 620 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 820 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1400 \/ 3790 \/ 5670 \/ 8650 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor S1 \/ S6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 \/ 2.1 kW – 230V \/ 400V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 500 is a professional spindle moulder for wood profiling: mouldings, grooves, shapes on battens and panels, tongue and groove joints, door and window profiles. With a 600 × 620 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, and 4 selectable speeds (1400 \/ 3790 \/ 5670 \/ 8650 rpm), it covers the complete range of profiling operations — from heavy milling with large diameter cutters (1400 rpm) to finishing on softwoods (8650 rpm). In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by joineries producing frames, custom furniture, and solid wood frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo T 500 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use, consider single-phase models.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery \/ window maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 620 mm table, 4 speeds, max Ø 160 mm: for professional profiling in continuous cycle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider a spindle moulder with integrated automatic feeder.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without three-phase 400V; those without experience with high-speed woodworking machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 \/ 3790 \/ 5670 \/ 8650 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 400V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you choose the correct speed for the type of wood and cutter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardwoods (oak, ash) and large cutters (Ø 150–200 mm): 1400–3790 rpm. Medium woods and MDF with standard cutters (Ø 80–120 mm): 3790–5670 rpm. Softwoods and small cutters (Ø \u0026lt;60 mm): 8650 rpm. The optimal peripheral speed for most profiling cutters is 40–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich cutters are compatible with the Ø 30 mm spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll tools with a Ø 30 mm standard European conical shank: shank cutters, collet chucks, arbors for disc cutters. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed of the tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a guide needed for straight-line work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The parallel fence for straight-line work is available as a Bernardo accessory. For working on templates or curves, the integrated pilot bearing in the cutter is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat extractor is needed for this spindle moulder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn extractor with a minimum flow rate of 600–800 m³\/h and a Ø 100 mm connection. Profiling produces fine chips, especially on MDF: an extractor with an adequate filter is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51369158508872,"sku":"09-1250","price":1122.44,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51369158541640,"sku":"09-12500","price":1122.44,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/09-12500_1.jpg?v=1767607652"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-700-230-v","title":"Spindle moulder T 700 – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 700 – 230V spindle moulder offers a 700 × 700 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, speeds of 1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm, and a 2.2 kW S1 \/ 3.0 kW S6, 230V single-phase motor. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 700 × 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 840 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor S1 \/ S6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 \/ 3.0 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 700 – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 700 – 230V is a professional spindle moulder for wood profiling: mouldings, grooves, shapes on strips and panels, tongue and groove joints, door and window profiles. With a 700 × 700 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle and 4 selectable speeds (1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm), it covers the complete range of profiling operations — from heavy milling with large diameter cutters (1800 rpm) to finishing on softwoods (9000 rpm). In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by joineries that produce frames, custom furniture, and solid wood frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo T 700 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase: also suitable for advanced hobbyists with a dedicated workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery \/ window maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 700 mm table, 4 speeds, max Ø 200 mm: for professional profiling in continuous cycle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider a spindle moulder with integrated automatic feed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring a table larger than 700 × 700 mm; those without experience with high-speed woodworking machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you choose the correct speed for the type of wood and cutter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardwoods (oak, ash) and large cutters (Ø 150–200 mm): 1800–3000 rpm. Medium woods and MDF with standard cutters (Ø 80–120 mm): 3000–6000 rpm. Softwoods and small cutters (Ø \u0026lt;60 mm): 9000 rpm. The optimal peripheral speed for most profiling cutters is 40–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutters are compatible with the Ø 30 mm spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll tools with a standard European Ø 30 mm conical shank: shank cutters, collet chucks, arbors for disc cutters. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed of the tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a guide for straight-line work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The parallel fence for straight work is available as a Bernardo accessory. For shaping or curved work, the integrated pilot bearing in the cutter is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for this spindle moulder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dust extractor with a minimum airflow of 600–800 m³\/h and a Ø 100 mm connection. Profiling produces fine chips, especially on MDF: a dust extractor with an appropriate filter is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694277988680,"sku":"09-1263","price":1800.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_T_700_con_struttura_compatta_e_regolazione_digitale_230_V.jpg?v=1752223411"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-500-pf","title":"Bernardo Spindle Moulder T 500 PF - with drilling table","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 500 PF spindle moulder offers a 600 × 400 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, speeds of 1400 \/ 3790 \/ 5670 \/ 8650 rpm, and a 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 motor, 230V \/ 400V. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 820 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1400 \/ 3790 \/ 5670 \/ 8650 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor S1 \/ S6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 \/ 2.1 kW – 230V \/ 400V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 500 PF and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 500 PF is a professional spindle moulder for wood profiling: mouldings, grooves, shapes on battens and panels, tongue and groove joints, door and window profiles. With a 600 × 400 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, and 4 selectable speeds (1400 \/ 3790 \/ 5670 \/ 8650 rpm), it covers the full range of profiling operations — from heavy milling with large diameter cutters (1400 rpm) to finishing on softwoods (8650 rpm). With an additional 1000 × 215 mm drilling table for combined profiling + drilling operations. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by joineries producing frames, custom furniture, and solid wood frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo T 500 PF for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use, consider single-phase models.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery \/ Window and door manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 mm table, 4 speeds, max Ø 160 mm: for professional profiling in continuous cycle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider spindle moulders with integrated automatic feed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without three-phase 400V; those without experience with high-speed woodworking machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 \/ 3790 \/ 5670 \/ 8650 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 400V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you choose the correct speed for the type of wood and cutter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardwoods (oak, ash) and large cutters (Ø 150–200 mm): 1400–3790 rpm. Medium woods and MDF with standard cutters (Ø 80–120 mm): 3790–5670 rpm. Softwoods and small cutters (Ø \u003c60 mm): 8650 rpm. The optimal peripheral speed for most profiling cutters is 40–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich cutters are compatible with the Ø 30 mm spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll tools with a standard European Ø 30 mm conical shank: shank cutters, collet chucks, arbors for disc cutters. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed of the tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a guide needed for straight line work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The parallel fence for straight work is available as a Bernardo accessory. For work on templates or curves, the pilot bearing integrated into the cutter is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for this spindle moulder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 600–800 m³\/h and a Ø 100 mm connection. Profiling produces fine chips, especially on MDF: a dust extractor with an adequate filter is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51369468920136,"sku":"09-1251B","price":1476.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51369468952904,"sku":"09-1252B","price":1328.63,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Fresatrice_Toupie_T_500_PF_compatta_e_potente.jpg?v=1757596879"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-750","title":"Bernardo Spindle Moulder T 750 – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 750 spindle moulder offers a 710 × 640 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, speeds of 1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm, a 2.8 kW S1 \/ 3.9 kW S6 motor, 400V three-phase. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 710 × 640 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 910 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e from -5° to +30°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor S1 \/ S6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 \/ 3.9 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 750 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 750 is a professional spindle moulder for wood profiling: mouldings, grooves, profiles on battens and panels, tongue and groove joints, door and window profiles. With a 710 × 640 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, and 4 selectable speeds (1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm), it covers the full range of profiling operations — from heavy milling with large diameter cutters (1800 rpm) to finishing on softwoods (9000 rpm). Tilting spindle −5°\/+30°: for chamfering and angled profiling without rotating the workpiece. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by joineries that produce window and door frames, custom-made furniture, and solid wood frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo T 750 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires 400V three-phase. For hobby use, consider single-phase models.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery \/ Window and door manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710 × 640 mm table, 4 speeds, max Ø 200 mm: for professional profiling in continuous cycle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider spindle moulders with integrated automatic feeders.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without 400V three-phase; those without experience with high-speed woodworking machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710 × 640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003efrom −5° to +30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you choose the correct speed for the type of wood and cutter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardwoods (oak, ash) and large cutters (Ø 150–200 mm): 1800–3000 rpm. Medium woods and MDF with standard cutters (Ø 80–120 mm): 3000–6000 rpm. Softwoods and small cutters (Ø \u0026lt;60 mm): 9000 rpm. The optimal peripheral speed for most profiling cutters is 40–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich cutters are compatible with the Ø 30 mm spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll tools with a standard European Ø 30 mm conical shank: shank cutters, collet chucks, arbors for disc cutters. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed of the tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a fence needed for straight-line work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The parallel fence for straight-line work is available as a Bernardo accessory. For profiling or curved work, the pilot bearing integrated into the cutter is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for this spindle moulder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 600–800 m³\/h and a Ø 100 mm connection. Profiling produces fine chips, especially on MDF: a dust extractor with an adequate filter is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51369556312392,"sku":"09-1265","price":2061.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51369556345160,"sku":"09-1266","price":2061.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_T_750_con_tavolo_inclinabile_e_indicatore_digitale_230_V.jpg?v=1752230373"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-ts-1300-400v","title":"Bernardo Spindle Moulder TS 1300 – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1300 spindle moulder offers a 1310 × 970 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, 5 speeds 1,500\/3,500\/5,500\/7,500\/9,000 rpm, max. tool Ø (moulding) 260 mm \/ (tenoning) 360 mm, 5.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1310 × 970 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 915 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed (5):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø (moulding \/ tenoning):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 \/ 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extraction outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TS 1300 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1300 is a high-end professional spindle moulder with 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm) and a 5.5 kW motor: the choice for joinery workshops and window\/door manufacturers who continuously produce complex profiles — mouldings, tenons, grooves, dovetail joints — on solid wood and panels. With a max. tool Ø of 260 mm for moulding and 360 mm for tenoning, it covers a wide range of professional tools. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the go-to spindle moulder for professional window\/door manufacturers and carpenters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo TS 1300 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional 5.5 kW three-phase spindle moulder — oversized and expensive for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional joinery \/ window\/door manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW, 5 speeds, Ø 260\/360 mm: for continuous moulding and tenoning production on all types of wood.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles on hardwoods and complex profiles, the 5.5 kW motor torque ensures continuity without overheating.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 × 970 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (moulding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (tenoning)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+10° to −45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TS series and the T series in the Bernardo spindle moulder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T series (T 500, T 700, T 750, T 800 F) has 4 speeds (max 9,000 rpm) and motors up to 2.8 kW, also available in 230V single-phase. The TS series (TS 900 F, TS 1000 F, TS 1300) has 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm), much larger tables (up to 1,910 mm) and 5.5 kW motors only three-phase 400V: for intense professional production on hardwoods and large format moulding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the fifth speed of 1,500 rpm needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fifth speed of 1,500 rpm (the slowest) is necessary for large diameter cutters (Ø 250–360 mm) used in tenoning: at higher speeds, the peripheral speed would exceed the allowed safety limit for these cutters. Rule of thumb: maximum peripheral speed = RPM × π × diameter \/ 60,000 \u003c 60–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between TS 900 F, TS 1000 F and TS 1300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTS 900 F: table 900 × 700 mm, sliding table 900 × 230 mm, max moulding Ø 180 mm, tenoning 225 mm. TS 1000 F: table 1000 × 800 mm, sliding table 1000 × 260 mm, max moulding Ø 250 mm, tenoning 335 mm. TS 1300: table 1310 × 970 mm, no standard sliding table, max moulding Ø 260 mm, tenoning 360 mm. The choice depends on the table size and the required tenoning carriage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the TS series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TS series has Ø 125 and Ø 100 mm dust extraction outlets — larger than the T series (only Ø 100 mm). An industrial dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 1,000–1,500 m³\/h is recommended for continuous professional use. Bernardo offers compatible FT and DC dust extractors — contact Krollit for the correct configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694332744008,"sku":"09-1312","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_TS_1300_con_albero_inclinabile_e_guida_FA-02_400_V.jpg?v=1752231303"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-inclinabile-ts-1300-tc-400v","title":"Bernardo Tilting Spindle Moulder TS 1300 TC – 400V with Sliding Table","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1300 TC spindle moulder offers a 1300 × 850 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, 5 speeds 1,500\/3,500\/5,500\/7,500\/9,000 rpm, max. tool Ø (moulding) 260 mm \/ (tenoning) 335 mm, 5.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1300 × 850 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 870 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds (5):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.500 \/ 3.500 \/ 5.500 \/ 7.500 \/ 9.000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø (moulding \/ tenoning):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 \/ 335 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extraction outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 × 360 mm (travel 830 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TS 1300 TC and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1300 TC is a high-end professional spindle moulder with 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm) and a 5.5 kW motor: the choice for joineries and window and door manufacturers who continuously produce complex profiles — mouldings, tenons, grooves, dovetail joints — on solid wood and panels. With a max. tool Ø of 260 mm for moulding and 335 mm for tenoning, it covers a wide range of professional tools. The integrated sliding carriage (900 × 360 mm (travel 830 mm)) allows precise tenoning without additional equipment. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the reference spindle moulder for professional window and door manufacturers and carpenters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo TS 1300 TC for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional 5.5 kW three-phase spindle moulder — oversized and expensive for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional joinery \/ window and door manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW, 5 speeds, Ø 260\/335 mm: for moulding and tenoning in continuous production on any type of wood.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles on hardwoods and complex profiles, the 5.5 kW motor's torque ensures continuity without overheating.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (moulding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (tenoning)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−10° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 360 mm (travel 830 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TS series and the T series in the Bernardo spindle moulder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T series (T 500, T 700, T 750, T 800 F) has 4 speeds (max 9,000 rpm) and motors up to 2.8 kW, also available in 230V single-phase. The TS series (TS 900 F, TS 1000 F, TS 1300) has 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm), much larger tables (up to 1,910 mm) and 5.5 kW motors only three-phase 400V: for intense professional production on hardwoods and large format moulding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the fifth speed of 1,500 rpm needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fifth speed of 1,500 rpm (the slowest) is necessary for large diameter cutters (Ø 250–360 mm) used in tenoning: at higher speeds, the peripheral speed would exceed the permitted safety limit for these cutters. Rule of thumb: maximum peripheral speed = RPM × π × diameter \/ 60,000 \u0026lt; 60–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between TS 900 F, TS 1000 F and TS 1300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTS 900 F: table 900 × 700 mm, carriage 900 × 230 mm, max Ø moulding 180 mm, tenoning 225 mm. TS 1000 F: table 1000 × 800 mm, carriage 1000 × 260 mm, max Ø moulding 250 mm, tenoning 335 mm. TS 1300: table 1310 × 970 mm, no standard carriage, max Ø moulding 260 mm, tenoning 360 mm. The choice depends on the table size and the tenoning carriage required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the TS series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TS has Ø 125 and Ø 100 mm dust extraction outlets — superior to the T (only Ø 100 mm). An industrial extractor with a minimum flow rate of 1,000–1,500 m³\/h is recommended for continuous professional use. Bernardo offers compatible FT and DC extractors — contact Krollit for correct configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694333694280,"sku":"09-1315","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_TS_1300_TC_con_albero_inclinabile_e_carro_tenonatore_400_V.jpg?v=1752248172"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-inclinabile-ts-1300-tce-400v","title":"Tilting Spindle Moulder TS 1300 TCE – 400V with Tenoning Carriage and Extension Table","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1300 TCE spindle moulder offers a table 1910 × 430\/850 mm, spindle Ø 30 mm, 5 speeds 1,500\/3,500\/5,500\/7,500\/9,000 rpm, max. tool Ø (profiling) 260 mm \/ (tenoning) 335 mm, 5.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1910 × 430\/850 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 870 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed (5):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø (profiling \/ tenoning):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 \/ 335 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtraction outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 × 360 mm (stroke 830 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable extension:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 430 mm right and left\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW – 400 three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TS 1300 TCE and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1300 TCE is a high-end professional spindle moulder with 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm) and a 5.5 kW motor: the choice for joineries and window\/door manufacturers who continuously produce complex profiles — mouldings, tenons, grooves, dovetail joints — on solid wood and panels. With a max. tool Ø of 260 mm for profiling and 335 mm for tenoning, it covers a wide range of professional tools. The integrated sliding carriage (900 × 360 mm (stroke 830 mm)) allows precise tenoning without additional equipment. The table extension (600 × 430 mm right and left) expands the support surface for large panels. The TCE adds a 600 mm side extension to the TC: for working on large format panels. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the benchmark spindle moulder for professional window\/door manufacturers and carpenters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo TS 1300 TCE for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional 5.5 kW three-phase spindle moulder — oversized and expensive for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional joinery \/ window\/door manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW, 5 speeds, Ø 260\/335 mm: for profiling and tenoning in continuous production on any type of wood.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles on hardwoods and complex profiles, the 5.5 kW motor's torque ensures continuity without overheating.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1910 × 430\/850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (profiling)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (tenoning)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−10° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 360 mm (stroke 830 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 430 mm right and left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TS series and the T series in the Bernardo spindle moulder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T series (T 500, T 700, T 750, T 800 F) has 4 speeds (max 9,000 rpm) and motors up to 2.8 kW, also available in 230V single-phase. The TS series (TS 900 F, TS 1000 F, TS 1300) has 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm), much larger tables (up to 1,910 mm) and 5.5 kW motors, only three-phase 400V: for intense professional production on hardwoods and large format profiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the fifth speed of 1,500 rpm needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fifth speed of 1,500 rpm (the slowest) is necessary for large diameter cutters (Ø 250–360 mm) used in tenoning: at higher speeds, the peripheral speed would exceed the safety limit allowed for these cutters. Practical rule: maximum peripheral speed = RPM × π × diameter \/ 60,000 \u0026lt; 60–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between TS 900 F, TS 1000 F and TS 1300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTS 900 F: table 900 × 700 mm, carriage 900 × 230 mm, max Ø profiling 180 mm, tenoning 225 mm. TS 1000 F: table 1000 × 800 mm, carriage 1000 × 260 mm, max Ø profiling 250 mm, tenoning 335 mm. TS 1300: table 1310 × 970 mm, no standard carriage, max Ø profiling 260 mm, tenoning 360 mm. The choice depends on the table format and the necessary tenoning carriage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the TS series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TS series has Ø 125 and Ø 100 mm extraction outlets — larger than the T series (only Ø 100 mm). An industrial dust extractor with a minimum airflow of 1,000–1,500 m³\/h is recommended for continuous professional use. Bernardo offers compatible FT and DC dust extractors — contact Krollit for the correct configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694334087496,"sku":"09-1314","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_TS_1300_TCE_con_carro_tenonatore_e_tavolo_estendibile_400_V.jpg?v=1752248339"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-inclinabile-e-con-tavola-scorrevole-t-800-f-400-v","title":"Tilting spindle moulder with sliding table T 800 F – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 800 F – 400V spindle moulder offers a 1000 × 360 mm table, a Ø 30 mm spindle, speeds of 1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm, and a 2.8 kW S1 \/ 3.9 kW S6, 400V three-phase motor. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 × 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 895 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax tool Ø:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e from +5° to −45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 × 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor S1 \/ S6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 \/ 3.9 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 800 F – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 800 F – 400V is a professional spindle moulder for wood profiling: mouldings, grooves, shaping on strips and panels, tongue and groove joints, door and window profiles. With a 1000 × 360 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, and 4 selectable speeds (1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm), it covers the complete range of profiling operations — from heavy milling with large diameter cutters (1800 rpm) to finishing on softwoods (9000 rpm). Equipped with an integrated 1000 × 240 mm sliding table for tenoning and repeatable cross-cuts. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by carpentry shops that produce windows and doors, custom furniture, and solid wood frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo T 800 F – 400V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires 400V three-phase. For hobby use, consider single-phase models.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry \/ Window manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 360 mm table, 4 speeds, max Ø 200 mm: for professional profiling in continuous operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider spindle moulders with integrated automatic feed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without 400V three-phase; those without experience with high-speed woodworking machinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e895 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003efrom +5° to −45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding table\/carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow to choose the correct speed for the type of wood and cutter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardwoods (oak, ash) and large cutters (Ø 150–200 mm): 1800–3000 rpm. Medium woods and MDF with standard cutters (Ø 80–120 mm): 3000–6000 rpm. Softwoods and small cutters (Ø \u0026lt;60 mm): 9000 rpm. The optimal peripheral speed for most profiling cutters is 40–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich cutters are compatible with the Ø 30 mm spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll tools with a standard European Ø 30 mm conical shank: shank cutters, collet holders, arbors for disc cutters. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed of the tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a guide needed for straight-line machining?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The parallel fence for straight-line operations is available as a Bernardo accessory. For shaping or curved work, the integrated pilot bearing in the cutter is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for this spindle moulder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 600–800 m³\/h and a Ø 100 mm connection. Profiling produces fine chips, especially on MDF: a dust extractor with an adequate filter is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694334513480,"sku":"09-1280","price":3123.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_T_800_F_con_albero_inclinabile_e_tavolo_scorrevole_400_V.jpg?v=1752250352"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-ts-1000-f-400v","title":"Router spindle moulder TS 1000 F - 400V with sliding table","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1000 F spindle moulder offers a 1000 × 800 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, 5 speeds 1,500\/3,500\/5,500\/7,500\/9,000 rpm, max. tool Ø (moulding) 250 mm \/ (tenoning) 335 mm, 5.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 × 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 880 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed (5):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø (moulding \/ tenoning):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 \/ 335 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extraction outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 × 260 mm (stroke 940 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW – 400 three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TS 1000 F and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1000 F is a high-end professional spindle moulder with 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm) and a 5.5 kW motor: the choice for joineries and window and door manufacturers that continuously produce complex profiles — mouldings, tenons, grooves, dovetail joints — on solid wood and panels. With a max. tool Ø of 250 mm for moulding and 335 mm for tenoning, it covers a wide range of professional tools. The integrated sliding table (1000 × 260 mm (stroke 940 mm)) allows precise tenoning without additional equipment. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the reference spindle moulder for professional window and door manufacturers and carpenters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo TS 1000 F for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional 5.5 kW three-phase spindle moulder — oversized and expensive for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional joinery \/ window and door manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW, 5 speeds, Ø 250\/335 mm: for continuous moulding and tenoning production on all types of wood.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles on hardwoods and complex profiles, the 5.5 kW motor's torque ensures continuity without overheating.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (moulding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (tenoning)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−10° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 260 mm (stroke 940 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TS series and the T series in the Bernardo spindle moulder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T series (T 500, T 700, T 750, T 800 F) has 4 speeds (max 9,000 rpm) and motors up to 2.8 kW, also available in 230V single-phase. The TS series (TS 900 F, TS 1000 F, TS 1300) has 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm), much larger tables (up to 1,910 mm) and 5.5 kW motors only three-phase 400V: for intense professional production on hardwoods and large format moulding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the fifth speed of 1,500 rpm needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fifth speed of 1,500 rpm (the slowest) is necessary for large diameter cutters (Ø 250–360 mm) used in tenoning: at higher speeds, the peripheral speed would exceed the allowed safety limit for these cutters. Practical rule: maximum peripheral speed = RPM × π × diameter \/ 60,000 \u003c 60–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between TS 900 F, TS 1000 F and TS 1300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTS 900 F: table 900 × 700 mm, sliding table 900 × 230 mm, max Ø moulding 180 mm, tenoning 225 mm. TS 1000 F: table 1000 × 800 mm, sliding table 1000 × 260 mm, max Ø moulding 250 mm, tenoning 335 mm. TS 1300: table 1310 × 970 mm, no sliding table as standard, max Ø moulding 260 mm, tenoning 360 mm. The choice depends on the table size and the tenoning carriage required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the TS series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TS series has Ø 125 and Ø 100 mm dust extraction outlets — superior to the T series (only Ø 100 mm). An industrial dust extractor with a minimum capacity of 1,000–1,500 m³\/h is recommended for continuous professional use. Bernardo offers compatible FT and DC dust extractors — contact Krollit for the correct configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694335168840,"sku":"09-1305","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_TS_1000_F_con_carro_scorrevole_e_albero_inclinabile.jpg?v=1752507166"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-800-f-230-v-krollit","title":"Spindle moulder T 800 F – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 800 F – 230V spindle moulder offers a 1000 × 360 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, 1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm speed, 2.8 kW S1 \/ 3.9 kW S6 motor, 230V single-phase. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 × 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 895 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e from +5° to −45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 × 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor S1 \/ S6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 \/ 3.9 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 800 F – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 800 F – 230V is a professional spindle moulder for wood profiling: mouldings, grooves, shapes on battens and panels, tongue and groove joints, door and window profiles. With a 1000 × 360 mm table, Ø 30 mm spindle, and 4 selectable speeds (1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm), it covers the complete range of profiling operations — from heavy routing with large diameter cutters (1800 rpm) to finishing on softwoods (9000 rpm). This is the 230V single-phase version of the T 800 F: same sliding table and same tilting spindle, without three-phase power. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by joineries producing windows, custom-made furniture, and solid wood frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo T 800 F – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase: also suitable for advanced hobbyists with a dedicated workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery \/ window maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 360 mm table, 4 speeds, max. Ø 200 mm: for professional profiling in continuous operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider spindle moulders with integrated automatic feed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring table sizes larger than 1000 × 360 mm; those without experience with high-speed woodworking machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e895 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003efrom +5° to −45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable\/sliding carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 \/ 3000 \/ 6000 \/ 9000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you choose the correct speed for the type of wood and cutter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardwoods (oak, ash) and large cutters (Ø 150–200 mm): 1800–3000 rpm. Medium woods and MDF with standard cutters (Ø 80–120 mm): 3000–6000 rpm. Softwoods and small cutters (Ø \u0026lt;60 mm): 9000 rpm. The optimal peripheral speed for most profiling cutters is 40–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutters are compatible with the Ø 30 mm spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll tools with a standard European Ø 30 mm tapered shank: shank cutters, collet chucks, arbors for disc cutters. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed of the tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a fence needed for straight line work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The parallel fence for straight-line work is available as a Bernardo accessory. For working on templates or curves, the pilot bearing integrated into the cutter is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for this spindle moulder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 600–800 m³\/h and a Ø 100 mm connection. Profiling produces fine chips, especially on MDF: a dust extractor with an adequate filter is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694335889736,"sku":"09-1279","price":3123.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_T_800_F_con_tavolo_scorrevole_e_albero_inclinabile_230_V.jpg?v=1752250591"},{"product_id":"fresatricie-toupie-ts-900-f-400v","title":"Spindle moulder TS 900 F – 400V with sliding table","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 900 F spindle moulder offers a 900 × 700 mm table, a Ø 30 mm spindle, 5 speeds 1,500\/3,500\/5,500\/7,500\/9,000 rpm, max. tool Ø (profiling) 180 mm \/ (tenoning) 225 mm, and a 5.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 × 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 880 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds (5):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø (profiling \/ tenoning):\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 \/ 225 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extraction outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 100 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 × 230 mm (stroke 840 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW – 400 three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TS 900 F and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 900 F is a high-end professional spindle moulder with 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm) and a 5.5 kW motor: the choice for joineries and window and door manufacturers who produce complex profiles—moldings, tenons, grooves, dovetail joints—continuously on solid wood and panels. With a max. tool Ø of 180 mm for profiling and 225 mm for tenoning, it covers a wide range of professional tools. The integrated sliding carriage (900 × 230 mm (stroke 840 mm)) allows for precise tenoning without additional equipment. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the go-to spindle moulder for professional window and door manufacturers and carpenters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo TS 900 F for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional 5.5 kW three-phase spindle moulder—oversized and expensive for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional joinery \/ window and door manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW, 5 speeds, Ø 180\/225 mm: for profiling and tenoning in continuous production on any type of wood.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles on hardwoods and complex profiles, the 5.5 kW motor's torque ensures continuity without overheating.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (profiling)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (tenoning)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−10° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 230 mm (stroke 840 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TS series and the T series in the Bernardo spindle moulder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T series (T 500, T 700, T 750, T 800 F) has 4 speeds (max 9,000 rpm) and motors up to 2.8 kW, also available in 230V single-phase. The TS series (TS 900 F, TS 1000 F, TS 1300) has 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm), much larger tables (up to 1,910 mm) and 5.5 kW three-phase 400V motors only: for intensive professional production on hardwoods and large format profiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the fifth speed of 1,500 rpm needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fifth speed of 1,500 rpm (the slowest) is necessary for large diameter cutters (Ø 250–360 mm) used in tenoning: at higher speeds, the peripheral speed would exceed the permitted safety limit for these cutters. Rule of thumb: maximum peripheral speed = RPM × π × diameter \/ 60,000 \u0026lt; 60–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between TS 900 F, TS 1000 F and TS 1300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTS 900 F: table 900 × 700 mm, carriage 900 × 230 mm, max Ø profiling 180 mm, tenoning 225 mm. TS 1000 F: table 1000 × 800 mm, carriage 1000 × 260 mm, max Ø profiling 250 mm, tenoning 335 mm. TS 1300: table 1310 × 970 mm, no standard carriage, max Ø profiling 260 mm, tenoning 360 mm. The choice depends on the table size and the tenoning carriage required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the TS series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TS models have Ø 125 and Ø 100 mm dust extraction outlets — larger than the T models (only Ø 100 mm). An industrial dust extractor with a minimum airflow of 1,000–1,500 m³\/h is recommended for continuous professional use. Bernardo offers compatible FT and DC dust extractors — contact Krollit for the correct configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694337364296,"sku":"09-1300","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_TS_900_F_con_albero_inclinabile_e_carro_integrato.jpg?v=1752506888"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-ts-1300-e-400v","title":"Router spindle moulder TS 1300 E – 400V with side extensions","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1300 E spindle moulder offers a table of 510 × 430\/970 mm, a spindle with a Ø 30 mm, 5 speeds (1,500\/3,500\/5,500\/7,500\/9,000 rpm), max. tool Ø (moulding) 260 mm \/ (tenoning) 360 mm, and a 5.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. Produced in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 510 × 430\/970 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 915 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds (5):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle height adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable spindle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. tool Ø (moulding \/ tenoning):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 \/ 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extraction outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable extension:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 430 mm (right and left)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TS 1300 E and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TS 1300 E is a high-end professional spindle moulder with 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm) and a 5.5 kW motor: the choice for joineries and window manufacturers who continuously produce complex profiles — mouldings, tenons, grooves, dovetail joints — on solid wood and panels. With a max. tool Ø of 260 mm for moulding and 360 mm for tenoning, it covers a wide range of professional tools. The table extension (600 × 430 mm (right and left)) expands the support surface for large panels. The TS 1300 E adds low side extensions (600 × 430 mm) to the TS 1300 for supporting large format panels without a tenoning carriage. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the reference spindle moulder for professional window makers and carpenters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo TS 1300 E for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional 5.5 kW three-phase spindle moulder — oversized and expensive for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional joinery \/ window manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW, 5 speeds, Ø 260\/360 mm: for moulding and tenoning in continuous production on any type of wood.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles on hard woods and complex profiles, the 5.5 kW motor's torque ensures continuity without overheating.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 × 430\/970 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (moulding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tool Ø (tenoning)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+10° to −45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 430 mm (right and left)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer assistance in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TS series and the T series in the Bernardo spindle moulder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T series (T 500, T 700, T 750, T 800 F) has 4 speeds (max 9,000 rpm) and motors up to 2.8 kW, also available in 230V single-phase. The TS series (TS 900 F, TS 1000 F, TS 1300) has 5 speeds (1,500–9,000 rpm), much larger tables (up to 1,910 mm) and 5.5 kW motors only three-phase 400V: for intensive professional production on hard woods and large format profiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the fifth speed of 1,500 rpm needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fifth speed of 1,500 rpm (the slowest) is necessary for large diameter cutters (Ø 250–360 mm) used in tenoning: at higher speeds, the peripheral speed would exceed the safety limit allowed for these cutters. Practical rule: maximum peripheral speed = RPM × π × diameter \/ 60,000 \u0026lt; 60–80 m\/s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between TS 900 F, TS 1000 F and TS 1300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTS 900 F: table 900 × 700 mm, carriage 900 × 230 mm, max. Ø moulding 180 mm, tenoning 225 mm. TS 1000 F: table 1000 × 800 mm, carriage 1000 × 260 mm, max. Ø moulding 250 mm, tenoning 335 mm. TS 1300: table 1310 × 970 mm, no standard carriage, max. Ø moulding 260 mm, tenoning 360 mm. The choice depends on the table size and the tenoning carriage required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich dust extractor is needed for the TS series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TS series have dust extraction outlets Ø 125 and Ø 100 mm — larger than the T series (only Ø 100 mm). An industrial dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 1,000–1,500 m³\/h is recommended for continuous professional use. Bernardo offers compatible FT and DC dust extractors — contact Krollit for the correct configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer assistance in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694343688520,"sku":"09-1313","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_TS_1300_E_con_albero_inclinabile_e_supporto_estensibile_400_V.jpg?v=1752231636"},{"product_id":"fresatrici-per-scanalature-knf-1","title":"Bernardo KNF 1 Dovetail Mortising Machine - manual, 0.85 kW motor, 32,000 rpm, 10 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KNF 1 dovetail mortising machine offers a 0.85 kW 230V single-phase motor, 32,000 rpm rotation speed, 6 mm cutter holder diameter, 0-55 mm routing depth, 380×220 mm table dimensions, 185 mm max profile width, 95 mm max clearance, 390 mm guide length. It performs one dovetail cut per stroke with manual control and manual workpiece clamping. Suitable for quick and economical connections on wooden frames for picture frames, segmented arches, windows, and custom structures in small and medium series. Weight 10 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotation speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.85 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter holder diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRouting depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 – 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 380 × 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax profile width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KNF 1 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KNF 1 is a manual routing machine sized for the rapid creation of dovetail joints on wooden frames. The design principle is simple: the workpiece is clamped manually, the router makes one cut per stroke, the operator releases and repeats. The 32,000 rpm and 0.85 kW motor ensure clean routing on standard wood types (oak, fir, beech) without chipping. The 6 mm cutter holder diameter accommodates standard W-2 dovetail cutters in various lengths depending on the material. The adjustable guides allow precise workpiece positioning, with a maximum profile width of 185 mm and a clearance of 95 mm. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by artisanal carpentry shops that produce frames, segmented arches, windows, custom structures, and by carpenters who perform glue-free dovetail joints for small and medium series. Its 10 kg weight and compact dimensions of 400×620×535 mm make it transportable to construction sites for on-site assembly and repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KNF 1 is the entry-level model in Bernardo's KNF family for dovetail joints. Above it is the KNF 2 (weight 16 kg, dimensions 400×500×730 mm), which performs two cuts simultaneously in a single operation, sized for joints on wider elements (handrails, corner benches, arches). The practical difference between KNF 1 and KNF 2: the KNF 1 performs one cut per cycle (simpler, more economical), the KNF 2 performs two (faster for repetitive symmetrical work). Same 0.85 kW motor and same 6 mm cutter holder diameter: the difference is in the machine's geometry (single cutter vs. double cutter). For standard production of simple frames and structures, the KNF 1 is correctly sized. For series production of symmetrical joints on large pieces, the KNF 2 halves the time. For general wood routing (not just dovetail joints), the Bernardo range offers vertical spindle moulders Toupie T (T 500 PR, T 600 R, T 650, T 1300, T 1300 E) with different purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 10 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and can be easily handled by one person, even on a construction site. W-2 dovetail cutters, side guides, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KNF 1 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodworking enthusiast hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks on domestic 230V single-phase, 10 kg weight, compact dimensions. For hobby production of frames, structures, small wooden structures, this is the dedicated machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal carpentry shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor small and medium series of frames, segmented arches, windows, structures. Solid connections without glue thanks to the dovetail joint geometry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpenter \/ installer on site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 10 kg weight and dimensions of 400×620×535 mm make it transportable for on-site joints. Simple manual operation without the need for complex setups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-volume series production with symmetrical joints (the KNF 2 halves the time); general wood routing not for dovetail joints (the Toupie T are universal routers); very hard tropical woods with wide dovetail cutters (check for sufficient routing depth); pieces over 185 mm profile width or over 95 mm clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRouting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter holder diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRouting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax profile width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 × 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.85 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eControl\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece clamping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 620 × 535 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KNF 1 router\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 W-2 type dovetail cutter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e45° angular guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 side guides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I make truly solid glue-free dovetail joints?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The geometry of the dovetail joint creates a self-locking mechanical interlock: the joint resists tension and bending without the need for adhesives. It is the traditional technique for solid wood frame joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dovetail joint uses the angle (typically 7-12°) between the joint walls: once inserted, the piece cannot slide back due to its geometry. With cutters of adequate length for the material and correct depth, the connection achieves strengths comparable to solid wood. For very hard tropical woods, it is recommended to check the cutter length and adjust the feed speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference with a standard spindle moulder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToupie T machines are for general routing (profiling, tenoning, grooving, shaping). The KNF 1 is dedicated exclusively to dovetail joints: machine geometry optimized for that single operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecialization offers advantages: very fast setup (the cutter is already in the correct position), lower cost than general Toupie machines, ergonomics optimized for the specific operation. The disadvantage: a different machine is needed for every other routing operation. For workshops that make many dovetail joints, the KNF 1 is correctly sized; for general routing, the Toupie T machines are more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the included W-2 cutter sufficient or do I need a set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included cutter is sufficient to start. For regular production, it is recommended to have different length cutters suitable for various wood types: shorter cutters for hard woods (beech, oak), longer for soft woods (fir, pine).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dovetail cutter has a useful length that determines the maximum depth of the cut. Cutters that are too long on hard woods can break due to heat generated by friction; cutters that are too short on soft woods do not utilize the available depth of the machine. Original Bernardo replacement cutters are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on any domestic 230V outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 0.85 kW motor typically draws about 4-5 amps in operation, well below the 16A of a standard outlet. It works on any residential line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts low power consumption makes it compatible with use in artisanal workshops, garages converted into workshops, and construction sites with generator outlets or residential lines. For continuous production use, a suitably sized extension cable (at least 1.5 mm²) is recommended to limit voltage drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does a complete cut take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a standard dovetail joint on soft wood, the complete cycle (positioning + routing + release) takes 5-15 seconds. On hard woods, the cycle extends to 15-30 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rate depends on the sustainable feed speed of the operator and the wood type. For series production of the same geometry (e.g., standard frames), the rate stabilizes after the first few dozen pieces. The KNF 1 with a 45° angular guide allows for angled cuts for 45° joints (corner frames) without repositioning the cutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694364594504,"sku":"14-2115","price":603.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_manuale_per_cave_KNF_1.jpg?v=1753091936"},{"product_id":"fresatrici-per-scanalature-knf-2","title":"Bernardo KNF 2 Double Dovetail Milling Machine - two grooves per cycle, 0.85 kW motor, 32,000 rpm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KNF 2 double dovetail milling machine cuts two grooves simultaneously in a single lever operation, with a 0.85 kW 230V single-phase motor, rotation speed of 32,000 rpm, cutter spacing of 28 mm, cutter holder diameter of 6 mm, milling depth of 0-55 mm, table dimensions of 380×220 mm, max profile width of 185 mm, and max clearance of 85 mm. Suitable for joints on wide elements (handrails, segmented arches, corner benches, curved windows, frames). Weight 16 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrooves per cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 simultaneously\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotation speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.85 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilling depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 – 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax profile width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KNF 2 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KNF 2 is a double manual milling machine sized for series production of symmetrical dovetail joints. It cuts two parallel grooves at a fixed distance of 28 mm in a single lever operation: clamp workpiece, mill, release. The advantage over the KNF 1 is quantitative: it halves the time for operations where the joint requires two paired grooves, typical for handrails, segmented arches, corner benches, and curved windows. The motor with integrated automatic start\/stop engages both cutters when the lever is pressed and stops them when released, reducing power consumption and cutter wear during pauses between cycles. The 2 W-2 cutters supplied cover the standard setup, and the fixed 28 mm distance geometry offers repeatability without setup. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by carpentry shops with series production of wide elements, carpenters working on handrails and railings, and craft workshops with regular consumption of double joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KNF 2 is the double version of Bernardo's KNF family. Below it is the KNF 1 (single cutter, 10 kg weight) for standard single-groove joints. The fixed 28 mm distance between the cutters is a design choice: it represents the standard for light carpentry joints. For different distances, there is no adjustment available; the KNF 2 is optimized for its specific setup. For workshops that frequently produce double 28 mm joints, the KNF 2 quickly repays the investment (times are halved compared to 2 passes on the KNF 1). For workshops with variable needs for groove spacing, the KNF 1 with two passes allows working on any spacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 16 kg, it is shipped in protective packaging and handled by one person. Dovetail cutters W-2, side guides, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KNF 2 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOversized for occasional hobby use. For occasional use, the KNF 1 is simpler and more economical.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry workshop with series production of handrails\/railings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed 28 mm distance between cutters is the standard for double joints typical of handrails. Cuts two grooves per cycle, halving the time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry with wide panels and arches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor symmetrical joints on wide elements (corner benches, segmented arches, curved windows), the double groove in a single operation significantly speeds up production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations with groove distances other than 28 mm (the distance is fixed, not adjustable); single-groove joints (the KNF 1 is the correct choice); pieces over 185 mm wide or over 85 mm clear height; occasional hobby production (oversizing).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDouble milling capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrooves per cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 simultaneously\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 mm (fixed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter holder diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax profile width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 × 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.85 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart\/stop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic via lever\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 500 × 730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KNF 2 double milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 W-2 type slot cutters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e45° angle guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 side guides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual presser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen does it make sense to choose the KNF 2 instead of the KNF 1?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the work regularly requires two parallel grooves at a distance of 28 mm. The KNF 2 halves the time compared to 2 passes on the KNF 1. For single-groove joints, the KNF 1 is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe analysis is quantitative: for workshops that regularly make standard double joints, the time saved (halving the cycle) repays the price difference in a few months of intensive use. For workshops with predominantly occasional or variable use, the KNF 1 with two passes is more flexible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I vary the distance between the cutters?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The 28 mm distance is fixed, by design. For different distances, the KNF 1 is needed with two consecutive passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixed distance is a design choice that optimizes the machine for standard light carpentry joints (handrails, railings, panels). Applications with different distances are less frequent, and it is reasonable to manage them with the KNF 1. For production at different fixed distances, contact Krollit to check the availability of custom Bernardo versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lever with automatic start\/stop really convenient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Pressing the lever starts both cutters and clamps the workpiece simultaneously; releasing it stops them. It reduces steps, sequence errors, electricity consumption, and wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the KNF 1, the operator must manage the workpiece and cutter in two separate movements. The KNF 2 with an integrated lever simplifies the cycle: a single action activates the entire system. For high-volume series production, this ergonomics significantly reduces operator fatigue and cycle time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo the cutters wear out at the same rate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, yes, but in practice, one may wear out slightly faster due to workpiece or operator asymmetries. It is recommended to replace both together to maintain symmetrical processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2 original Bernardo W-2 cutters work as a pair: replacing only one creates performance differences that can result in grooves of slightly different depths. For precision production, replace both when one shows wear. Original Bernardo spare cutters are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the KNF 2 suitable for construction site use or only in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for occasional construction site use (16 kg weight manageable by one person). For predominant construction site use, the KNF 1 (10 kg) is more portable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KNF 2 is sized for predominant use in a workshop\/laboratory where it remains fixed for regular production. The dimensions of 400×500×730 mm and 16 kg allow for occasional transport to a construction site but are not optimized for daily portability. For construction sites with repeated double joint requirements, consider setting up a fixed workstation with power or using the KNF 1 in double pass mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694369509704,"sku":"14-2116","price":805.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_per_doppie_cave_KNF_2.jpg?v=1753092069"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-1300-e-400v","title":"Bernardo T 1300 E Spindle Moulder – 400V, 5.5 kW motor, 5 speeds 1,500-9,000 rpm, table extension and roller","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 1300 E vertical spindle moulder offers an extended table of 2,500×430\/850 mm with right\/left extensions (600×430 mm each), an extractable support, a 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) 400V motor with star-delta start for continuous use, 5 selectable speeds 1,500\/3,500\/5,500\/7,500\/9,000 rpm with LED display, a Ø 30 mm spindle with 180 mm vertical travel and 130 mm usable length, a max tool diameter of 260 mm (profiling) \/ 335 mm (tenoning) \/ 210 mm (retractable), a table opening of 220 mm, a 125\/100 mm dust extraction port, and a large cast iron structure. Weight 665 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) – 400V with star-delta start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 selectable: 1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable with extensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,500 × 430\/850 mm + 2 extensions 600 × 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm, 180 mm travel, 130 mm usable length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax tool diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm (profiling) \/ 335 mm (tenoning)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large cast iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 665 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 1300 E and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 1300 E is the top-of-the-range vertical spindle moulder in the Bernardo spindle moulder family, sized for professional joinery workshops working on long pieces. The distinctive difference compared to the basic T 1300 is the 'E' (Extended): table with right\/left extensions of 600×430 mm each, infeed roller, extractable support included. Complete configuration for handling door panels, long profiles, window frames without the need for an assistant operator. The 5 speeds from 1,500 to 9,000 rpm with LED display cover any type of work: low speed for large tools (335 mm diameter for tenoning), high speed for precision profiling and finishing. The 5.5 kW motor with star-delta start is sized for intensive continuous use: the progressive start avoids mechanical stress and voltage drops. The Ø 30 mm spindle with 180 mm vertical travel and 130 mm usable length accommodates tools of various geometries, and the 220 mm table opening handles retractable cutters up to Ø 210 mm. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by professional joinery shops producing windows, doors, and furniture, carpentry workshops working on long pieces, and finishing workshops that require variable speed for different finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T 1300 E is the top of the Bernardo T Spindle Moulder family. Below it: T 1300 (basic version without extensions and roller, weight 530 kg, table 1,300×850 mm); T 600 R (compact benchtop, weight 196 kg, 2 speeds 3,500\/7,000); T 650 (compact, weight 160 kg, 4 speeds 1,800-9,000); T 500 PR (entry, weight 99 kg, 4 speeds with belt change). The difference between T 1300 and T 1300 E is purely in features: the 'E' includes table extensions, infeed roller, extractable support (over 100 kg more). For workshops that regularly work on pieces over 1.3 m long, the T 1300 E is correctly sized; for standard pieces under 1.3 m, the basic T 1300 is sufficient at a significantly lower cost. The star-delta start of the 5.5 kW motor (present on both T 1300 and T 1300 E) requires adequate flooring and sufficient available power; for workshops with electrical limitations, consider the T 600 R or T 500 PR with smaller motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for the South). At 665 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,600 × 1,080\/1,200 × 1,400 mm: verify access to the workshop considering the table extensions. Interchangeable Ø 30 mm spindles, cutters, guides, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the T 1300 E for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 665 kg and requiring 400V three-phase power. For advanced hobby use, consider T 600 R or T 500 PR.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional joinery for windows\/doors\/furniture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe extended table with extensions and roller handles door panels, window frames, long profiles without an assistant. The 5 speeds cover profiling and tenoning.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFurniture finishing workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 5 speeds with LED display allow quick setup for different finishes. Interchangeable Ø 30 mm spindle for quick change between profiling and tenoning tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with pieces under 1.3 m that do not require table extensions (the basic T 1300 is cheaper); workshops without 400V three-phase power (consider T 600 R or T 500 PR with 230V version); spaces under 3 m wide with extended extensions (check overall dimensions 2,600 mm + 600 mm extensions on the side).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and extensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 × 430\/850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight table extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft table extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tools\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle vertical travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle usable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tool Ø for profiling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tool Ø for tenoning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax retractable tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW (7.5 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic star-delta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eService\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous (S1 100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,600 × 1,080\/1,200 × 1,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e665 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo T 1300 E spindle moulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFA-02 cutter fence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection device and pressure bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 30 mm interchangeable spindle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalog height indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectric spindle brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic star-delta start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeeder connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight and left table extension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtractable support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference between T 1300 and T 1300 E?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T 1300 E ('Extended') has right\/left table extensions (600×430 mm each), an infeed roller, and an extractable support included. The basic T 1300 only has the standard 1,300×850 mm table. Same motor, same speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pieces under 1.3 m, the basic T 1300 is sufficient at a significantly lower cost. For long pieces (panels, profiles, frames), the 'E' extensions allow work without an assistant operator. The infeed roller further facilitates manual feeding of heavy pieces. The weight difference (665 vs 530 kg) reflects the greater structural features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'star-delta start' mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a progressive starting system for powerful three-phase motors. When switched on, the motor starts in a 'star' configuration (reduced voltage, partial torque), then automatically switches to 'delta' (full voltage, maximum torque).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout star-delta start, a 5.5 kW motor generates high inrush currents that can trip the circuit breaker or cause noticeable voltage drops. The star-delta system limits the inrush current, allowing it to start even with modest nominal power meters. It is an essential feature for industrial motors over 4 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use different cutters without changing the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Ø 30 mm spindle is the Bernardo standard for most profiling and tenoning cutters. For cutters with a different bore, alternative (interchangeable) spindles or specific adapters are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø 30 mm spindle is an international standard size for professional vertical spindle moulders. Most commercial cutters (profiling, grooving, shaping) use this diameter. For cutters with a Ø 50 mm bore or other special sizes, interchangeable spindles are available as optional accessories. Changing the spindle typically takes 5-10 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre 5 speeds really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for workshops that alternate different operations. Low speeds (1,500-3,500 rpm) for large tools in tenoning; medium speeds (5,500-7,500) for standard profiling; high speed (9,000) for precision finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optimal speed depends on the tool diameter and the material. Large tools (250-335 mm) generate excessive peripheral speeds at high rpm, with the risk of breakage. Small tools (50-100 mm) require high peripheral speeds for clean finishing: at low rpm, the cut is coarse. The 5 speeds cover the full spectrum of standard professional applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the 5.5 kW motor consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5.5 kW motor in full operation typically consumes 5.5-6 kWh per hour of effective operation. In standard production with a 50-60% duty cycle, the average consumption is 3-4 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to organize cycles to minimize standby times with the motor running. The electric spindle brake allows rapid stops between cycles, reducing downtime. Turning off the motor between spaced cycles further reduces average consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694374097224,"sku":"09-1311","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_professionale_T_1300_E_con_prolunga_tavola_e_supporto_estraibile.jpg?v=1752220094"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-1300-400v","title":"Bernardo T 1300 Vertical Spindle Moulder – 400V, 5.5 kW motor, 5 speeds 1,500-9,000 rpm, cast iron frame","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 1300 vertical spindle moulder offers a 1,300×850 mm table, a 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) 400V motor with star-delta start for continuous use, 5 selectable speeds 1,500\/3,500\/5,500\/7,500\/9,000 rpm with LED display, a Ø 30 mm spindle with 180 mm vertical travel and 130 mm usable length, max tool diameter 260 mm (profiling) \/ 335 mm (tenoning) \/ 210 mm (under table), table opening 220 mm, dust extraction port 125\/100 mm, grey cast iron structure. Weight 530 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) – 400V with star-delta start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 selectable: 1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,300 × 850 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm, 180 mm travel, 130 mm usable length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax tool diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm (profiling) \/ 335 mm (tenoning)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey cast iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 530 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 1300 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 1300 is Bernardo's professional, higher-end vertical spindle moulder in its basic version, sized for joinery shops working pieces up to 1.3 m in length with high precision and power requirements. The grey cast iron structure, the 5.5 kW motor with star-delta start, and the 5 speeds from 1,500 to 9,000 rpm are identical to the T 1300 E: the difference is only in the table extensions and accessories (absent in the basic version). For workshops working standard furniture pieces, cabinet doors, medium profiles, the basic T 1300 is correctly sized. The interchangeable Ø 30 mm spindle accommodates most commercial profiling and tenoning cutters. The 220 mm table opening allows for concealed tools up to Ø 210 mm. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by general joinery shops with regular production of furniture and fittings, carpentry shops with profiling work on standard pieces, and workshops seeking Bernardo's professional power without the table extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T 1300 is the basic professional model of the Bernardo T Spindle Moulder family. Above it: T 1300 E (same machine with table extensions, roller, pull-out support, weight 665 kg) for long pieces; Below it: T 600 R (compact benchtop, 2.2 kW motor, weight 196 kg) for medium workshops; T 650 (2.8 kW motor, 4 speeds, weight 160 kg) entry-medium; T 500 PR (1.5 kW motor, weight 99 kg) compact. The choice between T 1300 vs T 1300 E depends exclusively on the length of typical pieces: pieces under 1.3 m → basic T 1300. Pieces over 1.3 m → T 1300 E with extensions. The basic T 1300 is 100 kg lighter than the E (530 vs 665 kg) due to the absence of accessories, while maintaining the same power and speed characteristics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). At 530 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 1,300 × 1,080 × 1,400 mm. Interchangeable Ø 30 mm spindles, cutters, guides, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the T 1300 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine with a weight of 530 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase line. For advanced hobby use, consider the T 500 PR or T 600 R.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional general joinery shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor regular production on pieces up to 1.3 m. 5.5 kW motor and 5 speeds cover all standard profiling and tenoning operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry with profiling on medium pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStable grey cast iron structure, interchangeable Ø 30 mm spindle, electric brake for quick setup changes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e regular work on pieces over 1.3 m in length (the T 1300 E with extensions is correctly sized); workshops without a 400V three-phase line (consider the T 600 R or T 500 PR in the 230V version); applications that only require simple profiling without tenoning (the compact T 600 R is more economical).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tools\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle vertical travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax profiling tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tenoning tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tool Ø under table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 \/ 3,500 \/ 5,500 \/ 7,500 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic LED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW (7.5 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic star-delta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eService\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous (S1 100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 × 1,080 × 1,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo T 1300 spindle moulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFA-02 milling fence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection device and pressure shoe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAngular stop with pressure shoe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterchangeable Ø 30 mm spindle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotation reversal (right\/left)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalog height indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectric spindle brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic star-delta start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnection for automatic feeder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is it worth choosing the T 1300 E instead of the T 1300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen regularly working on pieces over 1.3 m in length. The T 1300 E with table extensions (600×430 mm each) and infeed roller handles long pieces without operator assistance. For pieces under 1.3 m, the basic T 1300 is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe price difference reflects the accessories included in the E (extensions + roller + pull-out support). For workshops that occasionally work on long pieces, the extensions can be purchased as an additional accessory later. For workshops that regularly work on long pieces, the integrated E version is consistently sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use rotation reversal for all types of machining?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRotation reversal is useful for specific milling geometries and for climb milling. Not all cutters are designed for bidirectional use: check the cutter manufacturer's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRotation reversal is a professional function for precision and finishing work. Cutters with teeth oriented for single rotation (counter-clockwise or clockwise) produce better finishes in one direction only. For standard operations, counter-clockwise rotation is the convention. Clockwise rotation is useful for finishing against the grain or to avoid tear-out on fragile timbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow important is the electric spindle brake?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery. Without an electric brake, after switching off, the spindle continues to rotate due to inertia for 30-60 seconds (the mass of a large tool keeps it rotating for a long time). The brake stops the spindle in 3-5 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electric brake is important for safety and productivity. For rapid tool changes between cycles, waiting 60 seconds is unacceptable in series production. For safety, a rotating spindle is always a risk of accidental contact. The electric brake is a standard feature of professional Bernardo spindle moulders, absent in entry-level models from other manufacturers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect an external automatic feeder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The T 1300 has a connection prepared for an external automatic feeder. Automatic feeding increases production rate and improves the regularity of the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomatic feeders (or 'power feeders') are standard accessories for professional vertical spindle moulders. They push the workpiece at a constant speed against the cutter, eliminating irregularities from manual operator feeding. For series production on standard pieces, the feeder improves quality and rate. Compatible Bernardo models are available as optional accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow ergonomic is it for a single operator?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working height of 870 mm is ergonomic for operators standing. The front controls and stable cast iron structure allow for prolonged daily use without excessive fatigue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive continuous use, an automatic feeder is recommended to reduce the physical fatigue of manual pushing. Regular breaks during long shifts are important for attention and safety. The T 1300 with electric brake allows for safe breaks between cycles without having to wait for inertial stopping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694376292680,"sku":"09-1310","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Toupie_professionale_T_1300.jpg?v=1752162821"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-650-230v","title":"Bernardo T 650 vertical spindle moulder – 230V single-phase, 2.8 kW S1 (3.9 kW S6) motor, 4 speeds 1,800-9,000 rpm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 650 \/ 230V vertical spindle moulder offers a 690×480 mm table (with optional roller table 500×480 mm), a 2.8 kW S1 100% (3.9 kW S6 40%) 230V single-phase motor, 4 selectable speeds 1,800\/3,000\/6,000\/9,000 rpm with LED display, a Ø 30 mm spindle with 100 mm vertical travel and 105 mm usable length, a max tool diameter of 200 mm (180 mm retractable), a 200 mm table opening, a Ø 100 mm dust extraction port, an included Ø 75 mm sanding sleeve, and a non-deformable steel structure. Weight 160 kg. Produced in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 kW S1 100% (3.9 kW S6 40%) – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 selectable: 1,800 \/ 3,000 \/ 6,000 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 690 × 480 mm (with optional roller table)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm, 100 mm travel, 105 mm usable length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax tool diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm (180 mm retractable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional function:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm sanding sleeve included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 650 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 650 \/ 230V is the compact vertical spindle moulder in the T series, sized for medium-sized workshops with a 230V single-phase line. The 2.8 kW continuous duty motor (3.9 kW intermittent duty S6) is the highest power in the range available in a single-phase version: it allows for professional processing of standard wood types without requiring a 400V three-phase line. The 4 speeds from 1,800 to 9,000 rpm with LED display cover standard profiling and tenoning with tools up to Ø 200 mm. The included Ø 75 mm sanding sleeve is a distinctive feature of the T 650: it allows the machine to be used for sanding\/grinding small pieces without having to purchase separate equipment. The selectable right\/left rotation makes it suitable for sanding against the grain for delicate wood types. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by artisanal carpentry shops with a 230V domestic line, medium-sized artisanal workshops, advanced woodworking hobbyists, and multi-function workshops that alternate milling and sanding on medium-sized pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T 650 occupies the intermediate range of the Bernardo T spindle moulder family. Below it: T 500 PR (1.5 kW motor, 99 kg weight, also available in 230V and 400V) entry-level. Above it: T 600 R (2.2 kW motor, 196 kg weight, 2 speeds 3,500\/7,000) intermediate with larger table. Top of the family: T 1300 and T 1300 E with 5.5 kW three-phase motor. The T 650 has distinctive features: the most powerful single-phase motor in the 230V range (2.8 kW vs 1.5 kW of the T 500 PR), 4 speeds (vs 2 of the T 600 R, 4 of the T 500 PR), included sanding sleeve. For workshops without three-phase power, the choice between T 650, T 600 R 230V, and T 500 PR 230V depends on the required power and budget: T 500 PR for medium entry-level use, T 650 for standard professional use (the most powerful in single-phase), T 600 R 230V for a larger table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 160 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two people to unload and move with care. Dimensions 770 × 480 × 1,200 mm. Sanding sleeves, cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the T 650 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate advanced woodworking hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase compatible with any domestic socket, powerful 2.8 kW motor, 4 speeds cover various operations. Sanding sleeve adds sanding functionality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal carpentry without three-phase line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost powerful Bernardo spindle moulder in 230V version (2.8 kW vs 1.5 kW of the T 500 PR). Suitable for standard artisanal daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultifunction wood workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Ø 75 mm sanding sleeve allows sanding\/grinding without separate machines. Space and investment saving for compact workshops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous professional intensive use (the T 1300 in three-phase is correctly sized); workshops with pieces over 200 mm tool diameter (consider T 1300 with tools up to 335 mm); applications requiring integrated table extension (T 1300 E); very hard tropical woods with large tools (2.8 kW motor at its limit).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e690 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller table (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tools\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle vertical travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tool diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax retractable tool diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,800 \/ 3,000 \/ 6,000 \/ 9,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic LED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9 kW (5.3 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable right\/left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional functions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding sleeve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e770 × 480 × 1,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-deformable steel + cast iron milling unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo T 650 \/ 230V spindle moulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 75 mm sanding sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated safety guides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection device and pressure shoe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat do S1 and S6 mean in motor power ratings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS1 100% is continuous duty: 2.8 kW is the power the motor can deliver for hours without overheating. S6 40% is intermittent duty: 3.9 kW for cycles of 4 minutes of work + 6 minutes of rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor daily use in production, the reference power is S1 (2.8 kW continuous). For specific high-load operations (large tools, hard woods), the S6 boost up to 3.9 kW can be used for a short time. Exceeding the S6 duty cycle causes the motor to overheat, potentially triggering the thermal protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the included sanding sleeve really usable for serious sanding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for sanding and grinding small pieces. For sanding large panels or series production, dedicated sanders (BDS, BS from the Bernardo range) are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø 75 mm sleeve is sized for light finishing of profiles, chamfers, and sanding curved surfaces. The adapted spindle speed (1,800-3,000 rpm are optimal for abrasion). For sleeve replacement: compatible Ø 75 mm abrasive belts are standard on the market. For series production of panel sanding, the Bernardo BDS 75 (dedicated sander) is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 2.8 kW motor really work on any 230V socket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn standard 3 kW meters, it works but at the limit. At startup, it can reach peaks that trip the circuit breaker. For continuous use, a dedicated commercial or industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with other machines running simultaneously, check the available power. The T 650 at S6 startup can reach 3.9 kW: on a 3 kW meter, it's at the limit. For workshops with predominant use of one machine at a time, operation is regular. For intensive use, a dedicated industrial meter (at least 4.5 kW) is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I also work with hard woods (oak, beech)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with adequate speeds (3,000-6,000 rpm on standard beech) and good quality tools. For very hard tropical woods with large tools, the 2.8 kW motor may be at its limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard woods require lower cutting speeds and slower feed rates. The 4 speeds of the T 650 adequately cover standard European woods. For daily use on oak, beech, cherry, the machine is correctly sized. For regular production on tropical woods (iroko, teak, padauk) or tools over Ø 180 mm, consider the T 1300 with a 5.5 kW motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs right\/left rotation really useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for sanding against the grain on delicate woods and for specific milling geometries. It changes the cutting direction of the cutter relative to the piece, altering how the wood is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReversing the rotation requires using cutters designed for bidirectional use or specific cutters for each direction. For standard operations, counter-clockwise rotation is the convention. For finishing wood with opposing grain or to eliminate tear-out on knotty woods, reversing the rotation produces better results. This professional feature is rare in entry-level moulders from other brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694376882504,"sku":"09-1260","price":1830.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_compatta_T_650_con_velocit_selezionabile_e_albero_da_30_mm.jpg?v=1752219936"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-600-r-230-v","title":"Bernardo T 600 R Spindle Moulder – 230V single-phase, 2.2 kW S1 motor, sliding table with angle fence","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 600 R \/ 230V vertical spindle moulder features a 700×560 mm table with a ball roller carriage and angle fence (220×320 mm), a 2.2 kW S1 100% (3.0 kW S6 40%) single-phase 230V motor, 2 speeds (3,500\/7,000 rpm) with quick belt change, a Ø 30 mm spindle with 100 mm height adjustment and 80 mm usable length, a maximum tool diameter of 200 mm (105 mm retractable), a 120 mm table opening, a Ø 100 mm dust extraction outlet, a spindle fence with anodized aluminum stops, and a robust construction. Weight 196 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW S1 (3.0 kW S6 40%) – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed (belt):\u003c\/strong\u003e 2: 3,500 \/ 7,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 700 × 560 mm with 220 × 320 mm roller table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm, 100 mm height adjustment, 80 mm usable length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax tool diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm (105 mm recessed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle fence:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anodized aluminum stops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 196 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 600 R and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 600 R \/ 230V is a compact bench-top vertical spindle moulder designed for experienced craftsmen who want professional Bernardo quality with a single-phase 230V domestic power supply. The 'R' indicates the standard integrated roller table (220×320 mm), a feature that facilitates smooth workpiece processing. The 2.2 kW S1 (3.0 kW S6 40%) motor provides ample torque for deep milling on standard wood types. The 2 speed levels (3,500 and 7,000 rpm) cover the most common speeds: 3,500 for medium tools (100-200 mm), 7,000 for small tools (50-100 mm) or for finishing. The robust 196 kg structure provides superior stability to the T 500 PR (99 kg), reducing vibrations during precision work. The spindle fence with anodized aluminum stops allows for quick, repeatable setups. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by experienced wood craftsmen with a domestic power supply, medium-sized woodworking shops without a three-phase power supply, and workshops that process standard pieces without the need for multiple speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T 600 R comes in two versions: T 600 R \/ 230V (single-phase, this model) and T 600 R \/ 400V (three-phase, same features). Below it: T 500 PR (1.5 kW motor, 99 kg weight) a more compact entry-level model, also in 230V and 400V; T 650 (2.8 kW single-phase motor, 160 kg weight) with 4 speeds and sanding sleeve. Above it: T 1300 and T 1300 E with a 5.5 kW three-phase motor. The choice between T 600 R vs T 650 in the 230V version: T 600 R has a larger table (700×560 vs 690×480) and higher weight (196 vs 160 kg) for greater stability; T 650 has a more powerful motor (2.8 vs 2.2 kW), 4 speeds (vs 2), sanding sleeve included. For large pieces requiring stability, the T 600 R; for multi-function use and speed flexibility, the T 650. For most craft workshops, the difference is not critical and depends on usage preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). At 196 kg, it requires a pallet truck or two careful people for unloading and handling. Dimensions 800 × 900 × 1,200 mm. Drive belts, cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the T 600 R for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate advanced woodworking hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase compatible with any domestic socket, powerful 2.2 kW motor, roller table included. 196 kg weight offers stability for daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium-sized craft carpentry workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor standard production of furniture and furnishings on medium-sized pieces. 700×560 mm table and anodized aluminum stops allow for precise, repeatable setups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExperienced craftsman with 230V line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore powerful than the T 500 PR (2.2 vs 1.5 kW) with superior stability (196 vs 99 kg). For daily craft use, it is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring multiple speeds (the T 650 with 4 speeds or T 1300 with 5 are correctly sized); intensive production on long pieces (T 1300 E with extensions); applications requiring tools over Ø 200 mm; workshops without sufficient space (196 kg weight requires adequate flooring).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and roller table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller table size (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 × 320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tools\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax recessed tool Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds (quick belt change)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,500 \/ 7,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFence and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodized aluminum stops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with pressure shoe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical pressure shoe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 900 × 1,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo T 600 R \/ 230V spindle moulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical pressure shoe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAngle fence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection and pressing device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre only 2 speeds sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most standard operations, yes. 3,500 rpm covers profiling on medium tools (Ø 100-200 mm); 7,000 rpm covers smaller tools and finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2 speeds are a compromise between machine cost and flexibility. For workshops that regularly work with tools of a few standard diameters, 2 speeds are sufficient. For workshops that frequently switch between very different tools (from Ø 50 to Ø 200), the 4-5 speeds of the T 650\/T 1300 are more ergonomic with faster and optimal changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the included roller table improve processing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSignificantly. The rollers support the weight of the workpiece as it advances against the cutter, reducing friction and maintaining a constant manual feed rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a roller table, the operator must fully support the workpiece. For pieces over 10-15 kg, this is tiring and reduces precision. The compact 220×320 mm roller table of the T 600 R is sized to handle medium-sized pieces. For very long pieces, it is recommended to add external roller supports beyond the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference between T 600 R \/ 230V and T 600 R \/ 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the motor: the same 2.2 kW nominal power, but one is three-phase and the other single-phase. Same mechanical characteristics, same table, same weight of 196 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a three-phase power supply, the 400V version is preferable (progressive start, more linear torque, longer motor life). For workshops with only a domestic power supply, the 230V version is mandatory. The starting current of the 230V version can reach 3 kW (S6 40%): for meters at the 3 kW limit, consider an industrial meter for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the T 600 R really bench-mounted or does it need a base?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench-mounted with its own feet (self-supporting compact structure). It does not require an additional base: the 870 mm working height is ergonomic for standing operators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 196 kg weight is distributed over a stable base. For intensive use, it is recommended to fix the machine to the floor to avoid vibrations during operations with large tools. The fixing screws are included in the base holes. For workshops that need to reposition, the machine remains stable even without permanent fixing due to its 196 kg weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long do the drive belts last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard daily craft use, belts last 3-5 years before requiring replacement. The signal is slipping or abnormal vibrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelts are standard consumables for mechanically driven machines. Replacement is a simple operation (typically 30 minutes) that does not require specialized skills. Original Bernardo replacement belts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. For intensive production, it is recommended to keep a spare belt in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694378029384,"sku":"09-1256","price":1634.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_T_600_R_con_tavolo_a_rulli_e_guida_angolare_230_V.jpg?v=1752508964"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-600-r-400-v","title":"Bernardo T 600 R - 400V three-phase vertical milling machine, 2.2 kW S1 motor, table with roller and angular fence","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 600 R \/ 400V vertical spindle moulder offers a 700×560 mm table with a ball roller and angular fence (220×320 mm), a 2.2 kW S1 100% motor (3.0 kW S6 40%) at 400V three-phase, 2 speeds 3,500\/7,000 rpm with quick belt change, a Ø 30 mm spindle with 100 mm height adjustment and 80 mm usable length, max tool diameter 200 mm (105 mm retractable), 120 mm table opening, Ø 100 mm dust extraction outlet, and a spindle fence with anodized aluminum stops. Weight 196 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW S1 (3.0 kW S6 40%) – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed (belt):\u003c\/strong\u003e 2: 3,500 \/ 7,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 700 × 560 mm with 220 × 320 mm roller table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm, height adjustment 100 mm, usable length 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax tool diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm (105 mm retractable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle fence:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anodized aluminum stops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 196 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 600 R and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 600 R \/ 400V is the three-phase version of the T 600 R benchtop vertical spindle moulder, sized for professional artisans with a 400V three-phase line who seek stability and professional Bernardo quality. The difference from the 230V single-phase version is only the motor: same 2.2 kW nominal power, but three-phase. The three-phase motor has a more progressive start, more linear torque during machining, less stress on electrical components, and longer operating life in continuous use. For workshops with intensive daily use, the 400V three-phase version is the correct choice. The mechanical characteristics are identical to the 230V version: included 220×320 mm roller table, anodized aluminum stops, robust 196 kg structure. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by professional joineries with three-phase lines, artisanal workshops with intensive continuous use, and workshops that have an industrial line available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T 600 R \/ 400V is the three-phase version of the T 600 R. Below it (in three-phase version): T 500 PR \/ 400V (1.5 kW motor, 99 kg weight), a more compact entry model. Above it: T 1300 (5.5 kW motor, 530 kg weight, 5 speeds) and T 1300 E with table extensions. Alongside: T 600 R \/ 230V (same machine, single-phase motor) and T 650 (2.8 kW single-phase motor with abrasive sleeve). For workshops with a three-phase line, the T 600 R \/ 400V is correctly sized for daily artisanal use. For workshops requiring multiple speeds (more than 2), the T 1300 with 5 speeds is preferable, but with a significantly higher investment. For predominantly standard workpieces, the 2 speeds of the T 600 R adequately cover the needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 196 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two people for careful unloading and handling. Dimensions 800 × 900 × 1,200 mm. Drive belts, cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the T 600 R is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-phase version requires 400V line (less compatible with typical home use). For hobby use with a domestic line, consider the T 600 R \/ 230V single-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional joinery with three-phase line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW three-phase motor for intensive daily artisanal use. Progressive start and linear torque improve machining quality and operational life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal workshop with continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe three-phase version is correctly sized for high duty cycle. Included roller table and anodized aluminum stops accelerate setup changes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase line (the 230V version is the correct choice); applications requiring multiple speeds beyond 2 (T 1300 with 5 speeds); workpieces longer than the table (T 1300 E with extensions); production with tools over Ø 200 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and roller table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller table size (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 × 320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tools\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tool diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax recessed tool diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds (quick belt change)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,500 \/ 7,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFence and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodized aluminum stops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngular fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with pressure shoe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical pressure shoe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 900 × 1,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo T 600 R \/ 400V spindle moulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical pressure shoe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop fence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAngular fence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection and pressure device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 400V three-phase version better than the 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if a three-phase line is available in the workshop. Same price (or minimal difference), motor with progressive start, more linear torque, longer operating life in continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a three-phase line, the 400V version is the technically preferable choice. The difference is noticeable in intensive use: the single-phase motor in continuous use heats up more and has a slightly shorter lifespan. For occasional use, the difference is negligible. For workshops that might switch to three-phase in the future, evaluate whether to install the 400V version and wait for the connection, or use the 230V and change it later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 2.2 kW three-phase motor require an industrial meter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. The 2.2 kW three-phase motor has controlled starting current (automatic progressive start) and can be powered by standard industrial meters without special sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with only one main motor of this power, even a basic industrial meter is sufficient. For workshops with other machines running simultaneously, check the available power considering peak starting currents. Three-phase 400V is generally only mandatory for the machine itself, and does not require special contractual power beyond the industrial standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the T 600 R without fixing it to the floor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 196 kg weight provides sufficient stability for most operations. For prolonged intensive use, floor fixing is recommended to reduce residual vibrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFixing is particularly important when using large tools (close to the maximum Ø 200 mm) that generate greater forces. For use with medium-small tools, the machine is stable even without fixing. The fixing holes on the base allow permanent installation with standard bolts to the industrial floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre anodized aluminum stops really better than steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnodized aluminum is lightweight, does not rust, and maintains dimensional accuracy even in workshops with varying humidity. Steel stops are more rigid but subject to corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with stable environmental conditions, the difference is minimal. For workshops with humidity (near treatment tanks, wet processes), anodized aluminum lasts significantly longer. Anodized aluminum stops are a characteristic feature of professional Bernardo spindle moulders. Stops can be replaced if damaged; original spare parts are available from stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the 2.2 kW motor consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2.2 kW motor in full operation typically consumes 2.2-2.5 kWh per effective operating hour. In standard production with a 50-60% duty cycle, the average consumption is 1.2-1.5 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsumption is low compared to higher-end spindle moulders (T 1300 at 5.5 kW). For workshops with significant electricity costs, the T 600 R represents a good performance-to-consumption compromise. Switching off between spaced cycles further reduces average consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694378422600,"sku":"09-1257","price":1634.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_T_600_R_con_tavolo_a_rulli_400_V.jpg?v=1752509219"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-toupie-t-500-pr-230-v","title":"Bernardo T 500 PR Spindle Moulder – 230V single-phase, 1.5 kW motor, 4 belt speeds, roller table included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 500 PR \/ 230V vertical spindle moulder offers a 600×400 mm table with an included roller table (400×250 mm), a 1.5 kW S1 100% (2.1 kW S6 40%) single-phase 230V motor, 4 speeds via belt drive (1,400\/3,790\/5,670\/8,650 rpm), a Ø 30 mm spindle with a vertical travel of 110 mm and a usable length of 105 mm, a maximum tool diameter of 160 mm (including concealed tools), a Ø 100 mm dust extraction outlet, a non-deformable grey cast iron base, and an aluminum fence with micrometer adjustments. Weight: 99 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 (2.1 kW S6 40%) – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed (belt):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,400 \/ 3,790 \/ 5,670 \/ 8,650 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 400 mm + 400 × 250 mm roller table included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 30 mm, travel 110 mm, usable length 105 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax tool diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 mm (including concealed tools)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-deformable grey cast iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 99 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the T 500 PR and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo T 500 PR \/ 230V is the compact entry-level vertical spindle moulder from the Toupie T family in its single-phase version, sized for artisans with a 230V domestic power supply and limited space. The only difference from the 400V version is the motor: the same 1.5 kW nominal power but single-phase. For workshops without a three-phase line, it is the most accessible and flexible professional entry-level Bernardo spindle moulder. The non-deformable grey cast iron base (a feature of professional versions, absent in entry-level models from other brands) offers stability and precision over time, solving the main problem of economic spindle moulders with welded sheet metal frames. The 4 belt speeds cover most standard machining operations. The included roller table is a distinctive feature: it facilitates smooth workpiece processing, reducing operator effort. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by professional artisans with compact workshops and domestic power, advanced woodworking hobbyists, and specialized workshops working on small to medium-sized pieces without an industrial power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T 500 PR \/ 230V is the single-phase version of the T 500 PR, a twin of the T 500 PR \/ 400V (three-phase version). Above it (in the 230V version) are: T 600 R \/ 230V (2.2 kW motor, 196 kg weight) an intermediate model with a larger table; T 650 (2.8 kW single-phase motor, 160 kg weight) with 4 speeds and an abrasive sleeve, the top model in the 230V version. For workshops without a three-phase line, the choice between the T 500 PR, T 600 R 230V, and T 650 depends on budget and needs. The T 500 PR is the most compact (99 kg) and least expensive, sized for entry-level professional use. For more intensive use or larger pieces, upgrade to the T 600 R 230V or the T 650. The belt drive (vs. the electronic gearbox of the T 1300s) requires manual repositioning to change speed: lower ergonomics but significantly lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). At 99 kg, it requires two people with care for unloading and handling. Dimensions: 1,040 × 1,070 × 1,130 mm. Drive belts, cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the T 500 PR for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate advanced woodworking hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase compatible with any domestic socket, manageable 99 kg weight, professional cast iron base. For advanced hobby use, it is the entry-level Bernardo spindle moulder with a domestic power supply.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional artisan with a compact workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops with limited space and a 230V line. Included roller table, aluminum fence with micrometer adjustments allow for precision production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecialized woodworking for small to medium-sized pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool capacity up to Ø 160 mm covers most standard profiling cutters. Micrometer adjustments allow for precision production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring tools over Ø 160 mm (consider T 600 R with tools up to Ø 200 mm); intensive continuous production (1.5 kW motor at its limit, consider T 650 or T 1300); long pieces without table extension (T 1300 E with extensions); workshops with a 400V three-phase line available (the 400V version is preferable for continuous use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller table dimensions (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tools\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle vertical travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable spindle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum tool diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum tool diameter (concealed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed (belt drive)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotational speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 \/ 3,790 \/ 5,670 \/ 8,650 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExtraction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,040 × 1,070 × 1,130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-deformable grey cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo T 500 PR \/ 230V spindle moulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical pressure shoe (downholder)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection device and pressure shoe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the T 500 PR \/ 230V or the T 500 PR \/ 400V better?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the availability of a three-phase line. The mechanical machine is the same, as is the nominal price. For workshops without three-phase, the 230V is mandatory; for workshops with three-phase, the 400V is preferable for motor longevity and starting quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe single-phase 230V motor is designed for the delivery characteristics of Italian domestic grids (standard 16A). The S6 peak can reach 2.1 kW: manageable by 3 kW meters at the limit, a 4-5 kW meter is recommended for continuous use. For workshops with potential future transition to three-phase, consider whether to install the 400V version (only requires a motor change if a later transition occurs).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the difference with the T 600 R 230V worth the extra cost?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with intensive daily use, yes. The T 600 R 230V has a more powerful motor (2.2 vs 1.5 kW), a larger table (700×560 vs 600×400), and a higher weight (196 vs 99 kg for greater stability).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional advanced hobby use, the T 500 PR is correctly sized with a significantly lower cost. For daily professional use with standard furniture pieces, the T 600 R offers a better duty cycle and higher capacity. The price difference quickly pays for itself for workshops engaged in regular production activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I work with hardwoods (oak, beech) with the 1.5 kW motor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard profiling, yes. For deep routing (over 8-10 mm depth) on hardwoods, the 1.5 kW motor may be at its limit, requiring multiple passes at reduced depths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardwoods require lower cutting speeds and slower feed rates. The T 500 PR with 4 speeds (the highest among entry-level T models) and 1.5 kW power is sized for standard artisan use. For regular production on tropical woods (iroko, teak) or deep routing, consider the T 600 R or T 650.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the included roller table really useful for small pieces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, even for small pieces. It reduces friction during feeding and improves the precision of manual movement. For pieces weighing over 1-2 kg, the difference is already noticeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a roller table (absent in many entry-level spindle moulders from other brands), the operator has to support and push the piece against the cutter with greater effort. For large pieces, its absence is critical. For small pieces, the advantage is in terms of positioning precision and cutting stability. The roller table included as standard on the T 500 PR is a distinctive feature of Bernardo's professional quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long do the drive belts last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard daily artisan use, the belts last 3-5 years before requiring replacement. The signs are slippage or abnormal vibrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelts are standard consumable items. Replacement typically takes 30 minutes without specialized skills: open the cover, loosen the belt tensioner, replace, retension. Original Bernardo spare belts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. For intensive production, it is recommended to keep a spare belt in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694379077960,"sku":"09-1254B","price":1385.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_T_500_PR_con_tavolo_a_rulli_integrato.jpg?v=1752656007"},{"product_id":"fresatrici-guede-of-1200-e","title":"Guede OF 1200 E Portable Plunge Router","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede OF 1200 E vertical router is a portable power tool for professional use, with a 1200 W motor, weighing 3 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 1200 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo-load speed: 11,000 – 30,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollet diameter: 6 + 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical stroke (lifting height): 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the OF 1200 E vertical router and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe OF 1200 E vertical router is a portable power tool for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede OF 1200 E vertical router is part of the Guede portable power tool range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the OF 1200 E vertical router is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe OF 1200 E vertical router is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, construction sites, and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: manual drilling, cutting, sanding, and milling with a portable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile carpentry and maintenance workers\u003c\/strong\u003e: versatile use on site with mains power or interchangeable battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary serial production\u003c\/strong\u003e: for repetitive cycles, consider fixed machines with a dedicated work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11,000 – 30,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed regulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (continuous electronic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m (H05VV-F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 x 140 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCollet diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 + 8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound level (LWA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibrations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.2 m\/s²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical stroke (lifting height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine depth adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does the OF 1200 E vertical router have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically from 700 W to 2,350 W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels over 1,500 W are indicated for continuous professional use, under 1,000 W for occasional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eBattery or mains powered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the model: codes \"18-...\" indicate 18V battery, others are mains powered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery models in the 18V Güde series are compatible with the same accessory and battery platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat speed or adjustment does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Speed\" or \"No-load speed\" in the technical table. Models with the suffix \"E\" have electronic regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectronic speed regulation allows the tool to be adapted to different materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical data sheet. \"Sets\" normally include a carrying case, main accessories, and battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"0\" models are \"Tool only\" without battery\/charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51617188348232,"sku":"58117","price":79.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_verticale_Guede_OF_1200_E_da_1200_W_con_accessori.png?v=1760371995"},{"product_id":"igm-f042-fresa-per-rifilatura-inclinata-con-coltelli-in-metallo-duro","title":"IGM F042 Angled Flush Trim Router Bit with Carbide Knives","description":"\u003cp\u003eIGM F042 is a bevel trimming cutter with replaceable carbide knives (HW) and an integrated guide bearing, designed for trimming and beveling solid wood, MDF and edge-banded panels. It is available in three angles (22°, 30°, 45°) and four shank sizes (6 mm, 6.35 mm, 8 mm, 12.7 mm), with the guide bearing included in every version. It is distributed in Italy by Krollit, official IGM distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable angles: 22°, 30°, 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShank: 6 mm, 6.35 mm, 8 mm, 12.7 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting diameter: 25 mm (22°), 28 mm (30°), 29 mm (45°)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 11 mm (22°), 10 mm (30°), 8 mm (45°)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of cutting edges: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: straight cutting edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotation: clockwise (right-hand rotation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife material: HW carbide, replaceable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide bearing: included in all versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the F042 and what it is used for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IGM F042 cutter is used by carpenters, woodworking craftsmen and panel installers with handheld routers. The 22° angle is chosen for decorative bevels on edges and frames. The 30° version is the most requested for trimming coated panels and edge-banded MDF. The 45° version is used for angled joints on furniture, cabinet doors and worktops. The 6.35 mm (1\/4\") and 12.7 mm (1\/2\") shanks also make the cutter compatible with routers of North American and British origin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the F042 is suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpenter with handheld router\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide bearing included, designed for manual router use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom furniture maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree angles cover decorative beveling, trimming and 45° joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-frequency CNC operator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous CNC cycles with frequent tool changes, dedicated solid HW cutters are preferred\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining aluminum, hard plastic or fiber-reinforced composites — the HW knives in this series are designed for wood and wood-based materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications — all variants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAngle (α)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShank S (mm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIGM Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter D (mm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength L (mm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutting height I (mm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eØ Bearing B (mm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF042-22050\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.35\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF042-22051\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF042-22080\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF042-30060\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.35\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF042-30061\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF042-30080\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF042-45060\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e29\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF042-45080\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e29\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12.7\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF042-45127\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e29\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon specifications for all versions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNumber of cutting edges (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGeometry\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStraight cutting edge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClockwise (right-hand rotation)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eKnife material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHW carbide\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReplaceable knives\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGuide bearing\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich materials can be machined with the IGM F042?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe F042 is designed for solid wood, MDF, coated chipboard and wooden edges. The HW carbide knives are not suitable for aluminum, hard plastic or fiber-reinforced composites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the 6.35 mm shank compatible with European routers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6.35 mm diameter corresponds to 1\/4 inch, a standard size for routers of North American and British origin. European routers usually have 6, 8 or 12 mm collets. Before purchasing, check the collet diameter of your machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the practical difference between 22°, 30° and 45°?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 22° version produces an angled bevel, used for decorative edging and frames. The 30° version is the most common angle for trimming edge-banded MDF panels. The 45° version produces a clean 45-degree bevel for angled joints on furniture and cabinet doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the knives replaceable and where can they be found?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the HW knives are replaceable. Original IGM spare parts are available from the Krollit warehouse in Monteforte Irpino (AV). When requesting spare parts, indicate the IGM code of your version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the bearing included or must it be purchased separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide bearing is included in all versions. The diameter is 13 mm for the 22° versions and 16 mm for the 30° and 45° versions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"igm","offers":[{"title":"22° - Gambo 6 mm","offer_id":53173009383752,"sku":"F042-22011","price":68.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22° - Gambo 6.35 mm","offer_id":53173009416520,"sku":"F042-22051","price":58.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22° - Gambo 8 mm","offer_id":53173009449288,"sku":"F042-22081","price":68.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30° - Gambo 6 mm","offer_id":53173009482056,"sku":"F042-30011","price":68.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30° - Gambo 6.35 mm","offer_id":53173009514824,"sku":"F042-30051","price":62.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30° - Gambo 8 mm","offer_id":53173009547592,"sku":"F042-30081","price":68.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"45° - Gambo 6 mm","offer_id":53173009580360,"sku":"F042-45011","price":68.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"45° - Gambo 8 mm","offer_id":53173009613128,"sku":"F042-45081","price":68.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"45° - Gambo 12.7 mm","offer_id":53173009645896,"sku":"F042-45071","price":68.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Progettosenzatitolo_46.jpg?v=1779800186"},{"product_id":"dima-code-di-rondine-igm-fd300-305mm","title":"IGM FD300 Dovetail Jig 305 mm, 12.7 mm Dovetail Router Bit Included","description":"\u003cp\u003e\n    IGM FD300 is a half-blind dovetail jig with a solid steel body and a 4 mm laser-cut galvanized sheet metal template, with a working width of 305 mm. The set includes the half-blind dovetail template, the 15.8 mm guide bushing and the 12.7 mm 14° dovetail router bit with 8 mm shank. Made in the Czech Republic. Distributed in Italy by Krollit, official IGM distributor since 2007.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWorking width: 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompatible workpiece thickness: 11–25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDovetail angle: 14°\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDovetail size: 12.7 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBody: solid steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTemplate: 4 mm galvanized sheet metal, laser cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIncluded guide bushing: 15.8 mm x 4 mm, 50 mm base, 2 screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIncluded router bit: dovetail 12.7 x 12.7 mm, 14°, 8 mm shank\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompatible router base diameter: max. 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eClamps: steel, also suitable for large workpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdjustment stops for quick and repeatable workpiece positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDedicated threaded holes for side stops\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eOptional accessories available: templates for box joints, through dovetails, small lapped dovetail\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCountry of production: Czech Republic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FD300 and what it is used for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    The IGM FD300 jig is used by woodworkers and woodworking hobbyists to make half-blind dovetail joints on solid wood drawers, where the joint must not be visible from the front. With optional templates, the same jig can produce box joints for drawers and containers, as well as through dovetails for furniture, jewelry boxes and solid wood containers where the joint becomes part of the decoration. The 305 mm width covers standard kitchen and bathroom cabinet drawers. The steel clamps allow workpieces up to 25 mm thick to be locked securely without slipping during routing.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the FD300 is suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eWoodworker producing solid wood drawers\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHalf-blind dovetail is the standard joint for drawers — the joint is not visible from the front\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHobbyist with handheld router\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSimple setup with adjustment stops, router bit and bushing included — ready to use without additional purchases\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eUser with router base diameter over 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eNot suitable without accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eThe compatible base diameter is max. 180 mm — for larger bases, the FRB170 universal base is required, code FRB170, not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e joints on MDF or chipboard panels — the FD300 jig is designed for solid wood and plywood; on fiberboard panels, the dovetail profile does not hold over time due to the structure of the material.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eComplete FD300 jig with steel body and clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTemplate for 12.7 mm half-blind dovetail in 4 mm galvanized sheet metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eGuide bushing D 15.8 mm x 4 mm with 50 mm base and 2 fixing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDovetail router bit 12.7 x 12.7 mm, 14° angle, 8 mm shank\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCompatible workpiece thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11–25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDovetail angle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e14°\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDovetail size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid steel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTemplate\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4 mm galvanized sheet metal, laser cut\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIncluded guide bushing\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eD 15.8 mm x 4 mm, 50 mm base, 2 screws\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIncluded router bit\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12.7 x 12.7 mm, 14°, 8 mm shank\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMax. router base diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClamps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCountry of production\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCzech Republic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAccessory for bases \u0026gt;180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFRB170 universal base, not included\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does half-blind dovetail mean and when is it used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    A half-blind dovetail is a joint where the interlocking profile is not visible from the front face of the workpiece. It is the standard joint for solid wood drawers: the drawer front completely hides the joint, while the inside shows the dovetail profile. It is stronger than a simple biscuit or dowel joint and faster to make than a hand-cut through dovetail.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMy router has a base larger than 180 mm — can I use the FD300?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    Yes, but the transparent IGM FRB170 universal base is required, code FRB170, not included in the set. The FRB170 attaches to the router base, is centered and accepts the 15.8 mm IGM guide bushing. Contact Krollit at +39 0825-1494022 to check availability of the FRB170.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat other types of joints can be made with the FD300?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    With optional templates, the same FD300 jig can produce box joints, small lapped dovetails and through dovetails. The templates are purchased separately and mounted on the same steel structure of the jig. Contact Krollit to check availability of optional templates compatible with the FD300.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the included router bit be resharpened?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    The 12.7 mm dovetail router bit included in the set is made of carbide (HW). Resharpening is possible at a specialized center, but the 14° geometry requires dedicated equipment. To replace the included bit with a new one, the reference is: 12.7 x 12.7 mm dovetail router bit, 14° angle, 8 mm shank.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat minimum and maximum workpiece thickness can the FD300 handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    The FD300 jig is compatible with workpieces from 11 to 25 mm thick. Below 11 mm, the workpiece is not held correctly by the clamps. Above 25 mm, the cutting height of the included bit (12.7 mm) is not sufficient for a proportional joint — in that case, router bits with greater cutting height should be considered.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the jig compatible with all handheld routers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n    The FD300 is compatible with handheld routers with a base diameter up to 180 mm. For routers with a larger base, the FRB170 universal base is required. Some routers do not directly support the 15.8 mm IGM bushing: in these cases, the FRB170 solves the adaptation difference without permanent modifications to the machine.\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"igm","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53194992157000,"sku":"FD300","price":206.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Dima_per_code_di_rondine_IGM_FD300_305_mm_corpo_acciaio_sagoma_laser_fresa_inclusa.jpg?v=1779965962"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/1745343655700blob.png?v=1753694164","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/milling-machines-for-wood.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}